\myTOC
\mainmatter }
-% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
-\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
- L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX}}
-
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
% macro for italic page numbers in the index
\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
+% for customized page headers/footers
+% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+% change header rule width
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
+
% workaround for a makeindex bug,
% see sec. "Index Entry Order"
% only uncomment this when you are using makindex
\end_preamble
\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
+\begin_modules
+customHeadersFooters
+enumitem
+\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language english
\language_package default
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
-\tracking_changes true
+\tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
-\author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
-\author 5863208 "ab"
-\author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
\end_header
\begin_body
\family sans
New
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-new.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\family sans
Open
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/file-open.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\family sans
Save
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-write.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\family sans
Print
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
Cut
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/cut.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "cut"
\end_inset
Copy
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/copy.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "copy"
\end_inset
Paste
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/paste.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
Replace
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
Undo
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/undo.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "undo"
\end_inset
to undo some mistake.
Redo
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/redo.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "redo"
\end_inset
to
Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Single click
-\emph default
- the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
- the table.
-\end_layout
-
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigating
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
+LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The menu
+The
\family sans
Navigate
\family default
- lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
- to jump to the corresponding document part.
+ menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
+ click to jump to the corresponding document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The menu
+The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Outline
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can set bookmarks in your document under
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ and use the same menu to return to them.
+ Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
- (TOC) that is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+The toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
+ (also
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+NavigateBack
+\family default
+) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
+ This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
+ to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
+ your last editing position.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Outliner
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
+TOC
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
+ The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
- different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
- Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
- to the document, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
+ of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
+ces (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand formatted
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
+), or notes, or citations (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand formatted
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+).
+ Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
+ document.
+ The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
+ In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
+ several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
+ of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
+ces (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+LatexCommand formatted
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-.
+), or notes, or of citations (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand formatted
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
+ document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
+ menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
+ For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
+ dialog and to modify the citation.
+ Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
+ And so on.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
+ in the Outline.
+ For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
+ wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+sub:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
+ you further to control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\family default
- option sorts the current list, and the
+ option sorts the current list alphabetically.
+ Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
+ document.The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
\end_inset
3.
+ Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+depth
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With the buttons
+The
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/reload.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
+ Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
+ in your document.
+ The
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
- in your document.
- So you can for example move section
+ buttons move sections up and down in the document.
+ So, for example, you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.4.
+2.4 or after section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.6.
LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
With the buttons
\begin_inset Graphics
\end_inset
- or the corresponding key bindings
+ (or the corresponding key bindings
\family sans
Tab
\family default
\family sans
Shift-Tab
\family default
- you can change the sectioning level of sections.
+) you can change the level of sections.
So you can for example make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.5 to chapter
+2.5 chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
-\end_inset
-
- jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
- This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
- or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
- go back to your last editing position.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Input / Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\family default
by deselecting the option
\family sans
-Cursor indicator
+Cursor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+indicator
\family default
.
With the option
\family sans
-Automatic inline completion
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+inline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+completion
\family default
the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
To accept this proposal, use the
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
- If you don't understand this, go read sections
+ If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
- because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
- bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
- just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
- The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
- The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
- this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
+ LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
+ at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
+ you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
+ The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
+ The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
+ in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
+ it.
However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
+You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
under
\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
as explained in sec.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
-New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
-You will probably find
-\change_unchanged
- that many of the document classes listed under
+You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_inset
.
-
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
-If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
-Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-the
-\family sans
-iop-article
-\family default
- template, they
-\change_unchanged
-receive a warning saying that
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
-there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
-
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
-the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
-
-\change_unchanged
-So it
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
-may
-\change_unchanged
-seem
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
-s
-\change_unchanged
- that something is wrong.
+ If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
+ saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
+ not installed.
+ So it may seem that something is wrong.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
-But n
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
-N
-\change_unchanged
-othing is wrong.
+Nothing is wrong.
LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
and some of them, like
\family sans
IOP
\family default
, are highly specialized.
-
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
-
-\change_unchanged
-LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
- it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
+ LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
+ and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
+ number.
No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
by some document class.
There are just too many of them.
\end_inset
dialog.
- Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
- module.
+ Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
+ it does.the module.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some modules require LaTeX packages
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
-or file format converters
-\change_unchanged
-that are not always installed by default.
- LyX will warn you if you do not have
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
-a
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
-the
-\change_unchanged
-needed package
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
- or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
-\change_unchanged
-.
+Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
+ always installed by default.
+ LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
+ it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
- able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
-package
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
-prerequisites
-\change_unchanged
-.
- If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
- missing
-\change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
-package
-\change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
-prerequisites
-\change_unchanged
- and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
+ able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
+ If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
+ install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
+
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Local Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
+ used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
+ needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
+ writing a module for this purpose.
+ Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
+ find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
+ one time.
+ You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
+ What you want is LyX's
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Local Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ See section
+\emph on
+Local Layout
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for information on how to use it.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Properties
\end_layout
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
- This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the
+ This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the LaTeX-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\end_inset
- package installed.
- At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
- To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
- preamble.
- Check the documentation for the
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
- package for more details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "fancyhdr"
+ installed.
+ How they are defined is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Separation
-\family default
- of paragraphs is described in section
+The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll find the following options in the menu
+You find the following options in the menu
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Layout
\family default
- of the dialog of the
+ of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- menu:
+ dialog:
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
The choices are
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A3, A4,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-A5
+A0 - A6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B3, B4, B5
+B0 - B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US letter
+C0 - C6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US legal
+US letter, US legal, US executive
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US executive
+JIS B0 - JIS B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Custom
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Orientation
\family default
- Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
+ To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
- Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
+ Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
all
\emph default
of these pre-coded spacings.
- We'll explain more later.
+ We will explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
- The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
- you have to add this line to your document preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-parindent}{Length}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default length is 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Chapter*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
- They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
- table of contents, see section
+ at the end of their name.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
+ the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Letters
+Customized Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Letters
+Lists ! Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
-: An Overview
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
+To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
+
\family sans
-Address
+Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ in the document settings.
+ This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-Address
-\family default
-.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- for letters only.
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Usage
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Address-Usage"
+Custom Enumerate Lists
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\noindent
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
+ argument (menu
\family sans
-Address
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short Title
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) to the first item of each level in the list.
+ There you add the command
+\end_layout
-Address
-\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
- Here's an example of each:
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+roman{enumi}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Right Address
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+in TeX Code (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-Who I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-Where I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-When is it? What is today?
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
- Here's an example of the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Address
-Who are you
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Where do I send this
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-Your post office and country
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+ enumi
+\emph default
+ is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
+ The command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
+ For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
+\series bold
-Address
-\family default
- add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
- If you hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ by
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\series default
.
- This makes sense, since
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- is the
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph
-\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+ For Arabic numerals use
+\series bold
- or
-\family sans
-Formatting
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+arabic
+\series default
+.
+ To
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
+number
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Break
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu) to start a new line in an
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ items with capital or small Latin letters use
+\series bold
-Address
-\family default
- environment.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+Alph
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Academic Writing
+\backslash
+alph
+\series default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
-\end_layout
+\noindent
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only number 26
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Abstracts
+items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
- It won't work.
- The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
- The book document classes ignores the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in a letter document class.
+To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
+ by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
- The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+As example a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Starting a new paragraph by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- The new paragraph will still be in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+
+Level 1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'd love to give you directly an example of the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Level 2
+\end_layout
-book
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
- class, we can't do this.
- We inserted it therefore as figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- If you've never heard of an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+Level 3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+Level 4
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
- Nesting
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you first open a
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\noindent
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-References,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- depending on the document class.
- The heading is in a large boldface font.
- Each paragraph of the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- Each new paragraph is still in the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment.
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a BibTeX database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
-phy handling, have a look at in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+where the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+emph{}
+\series default
+ makes the label emphasized and
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+\backslash
+bf{}
+\series default
+ makes it bold.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
+ lists until you change the definition.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX
-\family sans
--Code
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! LyX code
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment is another LyX extension.
- It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
- It also treats the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key is treated as a
-\family sans
-Protected
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-Blank
-\family default
- instead of an end-of-word marker.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
+label=
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}.
+\end_layout
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- (the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- function).
-
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment inside of others.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+first
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+goes back to default numbering
+\end_layout
-you can't follow
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- with a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't follow a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second
+\end_layout
- with a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+regular text
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use a
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
+resumed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To resume an enumeration, use the style
\family sans
-Space
+Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
+ Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
+ list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Or: use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- instead.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
- You must put at least one
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- since that will insert
-\emph on
-real
-\emph default
- quotes.
- You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "self-insert \""
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example:
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
+ next one.
+ Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
+ of a normal new enumeration.
+ There insert the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include <stdio.h>
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
+\series bold
+start=number
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
+\begin_layout Standard
+where
+\emph on
+number
+\emph default
+ is the number with which you want to resume the list.
+ An example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+first item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
-\backslash
-n");
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
+\begin_layout Standard
+Enumeration starting at a given value:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+start=4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is just the standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Hello world!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- program.
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
+This enumeration starts at 4
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+List Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|)
+Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nesting Environments
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
+ of a list.
+ For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+with standard spacing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
+ of the list.
+ There add the command
+\series bold
+nolistsep
+\series default
+ to get no additional list space like in this example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Environments
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+nolistsep
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nesting"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+without additional
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Itemize
+vertical space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-attached
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
+
\end_inset
- to item #2:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-one
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
+ and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
+ paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-two
+cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #2
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-three
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+labelindent=
+\backslash
+parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
-\family sans
-Increase
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Edit
-\family default
- menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
- will tell you how far you are nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+An enumeration
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+with negative indentation
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Further Customization
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Description
+\end_layout
- or the convenient key bindings
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Shift-Tab
-\family default
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
- to change the nesting level.
- The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+You can also change the style of description lists.
+ The command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
- This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-What You Can and Can't Nest
+\series bold
+font=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
- complicated than a simple yes or no.
- There are three types of paragraph environments:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
+\series bold
+style=definition
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
- things inside them.
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the list style.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
+\begin_layout Standard
+An example where the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
- Can't nest into them.
+\series bold
+font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
+\begin_layout Standard
+is used:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
+Ionizing
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\end_layout
+radiation:
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\family sans
-Title
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-Author
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Date
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
+ energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
+ ionizing them.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Fully
+Reference
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nestable You can nest them.
- You can nest other things into them.
+counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
+ the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
+ object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Quote
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Enumerate
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Description
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-List
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\end_layout
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
- You can't nest anything into them.
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Part
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
-Chapter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsection
+Address
+\family default
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Of course, you're not limited to using
\family sans
-Subsubsection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Paragraph
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
\family sans
-Subparagraph
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Address-Usage"
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Chapter*
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Section*
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
+Who I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Where I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
+When is it? What is today?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
+\family default
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Address
+Where do I send this
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Your post office and country
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+As you can see, both
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+Address
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you hit
\family sans
-Chapter
+Return
\family default
-,
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
\family sans
-Section
+Standard
\family default
-, etc.
+.
+ This makes sense, since
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\family sans
+Formatting
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+Break
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
- well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
- section headings violate this.
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Tables etc.
+Abstracts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
- affected by nesting anyhow.
- They are:
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It won't work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-equations
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-tables
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-figures
+\begin_layout Standard
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Figures and tables in
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
- are not affected by this.
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
\end_inset
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Floats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
- for more information about
+Paragraph in the
\family sans
-Floats
+Abstract
\family default
-.)
+ environment
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
- If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
- it is in goes.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-paragraph
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- of its own, it behaves just like a
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'd love to give you directly an example of the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-nestable-inside
+book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- paragraph environment.
- You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
- into it.
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you've never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
+ by using a BibTeX database.
+ For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
+phy handling, have a look at in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
+\family sans
+-Code
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph ! LyX code
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you can't follow
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't follow a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ with a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use a
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Or: use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
+\emph on
+real
+\emph default
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "self-insert \""
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph environments|)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
+ in the chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Environments
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nesting"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+attached
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to item #2:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+one
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+two
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+three
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
+\family sans
+Increase
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Edit
+\family default
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the convenient key bindings
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Shift-Tab
+\family default
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
+ complicated than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Completely unnestable
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
+ things inside them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+List
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Part
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Part*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Section*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+, etc.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
+ well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
+ section headings violate this.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Tables etc.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+equations
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+tables
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+figures
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Figures and tables in
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+ are not affected by this.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more information about
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+ If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
+ it is in goes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+paragraph
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of its own, it behaves just like a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nestable-inside
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ paragraph environment.
+ You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
+ into it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
example in parentheses someplace.
- For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
+ For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- Enspace (0.5
+ Enspace
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
.
- The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
+ The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
dimension.
\end_layout
\series default
\series medium
-When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
Protect
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
can force a page break where you want one.
Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
+We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
until you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
really
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
+There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
+Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
you can insert horizontal lines.
The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
of the current text line or the paragraph.
+ The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Note:
\series default
XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
- as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
+ as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_layout Itemize
select the
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-lm
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
-) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
+ fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
.
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
\family typewriter
as the default font.
It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
-\family typewriter
-lm
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
looks identical to
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
-;
+.;
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-One difference is improved kerning for the
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- fonts.
+One difference is improved kerning.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
+or select the
+\family sans
AE
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Almost
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European)
\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-Almost European
-\family default
-) fonts in (the rare) case that
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
+ fonts in (the rare) case that
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
the look of
\end_inset
-\family sans
-Times Roman
+\family typewriter
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
or
\family typewriter
-
-\family sans
-Palatino
+ Palatino
\family default
.
Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
g.,
\family sans
-Times Roman
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
selects
\family sans
-Helvetiva
+Helvetica
\family default
- for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
+ for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
- with
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-, different shapes of the same font, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-e.
- a real font
+a real font
\emph on
family
\emph default
-.
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in case of
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
\end_inset
serif
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
\end_inset
The font
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
was originally designed for newspapers.
That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
into the small newspaper columns.
Therefore
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
For the font size there are generally four possible values:
\family sans
Default, 10
\family sans
11
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
12
\family default
\begin_layout Itemize
click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-noun.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
clicking on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-emph.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
dialog.
There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Increase
+\family default
+ This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size increase"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\family default
+ This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size decrease"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
We'll warn you
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uuline on
+This is text with Double underbar on.
+
+\uuline default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underunderline"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
+ about double underbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Wavy
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uwave on
+This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+
+\uwave default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underwave"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
+ Keep antinausea pills handy.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Strikeout
+\family default
+
+\strikeout on
+This is text with Strikeout on.
+
+\strikeout default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-strikeout"
+\end_inset
+
+) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
+ since changed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
Noun
\family default
\family default
dialog, the settings are saved.
You can activate them using the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
.
- The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
- when the dialog isn't visible.
+ The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
+ isn't visible.
\end_layout
We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Toggling
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ refers to applying or removing font properties.
+ When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
+ the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
+ to be removed.
+ If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
+ has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
+ not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Never toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+always toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
+ For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Family
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
+ If
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Toggle all
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
+ of them are.
+ Finally,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is never toggled.
+ If you set
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Series
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and select
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Toggle all
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
+ series (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Medium
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), no matter how many times you apply the style.
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_inset
images in your document, LyX has to do 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
conversions whenever you view or export your document.
\end_inset
).
- It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
+ It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
+y written Japanese.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
).
LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- tex processor.
+ TeX processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
suitable for the purpose.
- Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
- it, but not all do.
+ For the math output you can choose in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output
+\family default
+ between different formats, that are described in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
See the chapter
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
LyX and the World Wide Web
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
, in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX-HTML
+LyXHTML
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
- in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
+ breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+
\family sans
View
\family default
- and choose a file type.
- A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
- For
+ and choose
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+View
\family default
- you can use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
+\end_inset
+.
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "buffer-view dvi"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
\end_inset
-), for
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
\end_inset
-, and for
+).
+ Further output formats can be selected via
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+Other Formats
\family default
- the toolbar button
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "buffer-view ps"
-\end_inset
-
-).
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update
\family default
-.
+ or
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update (Other Formats)
+\family default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Print
\family default
or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
\series bold
babel
\end_inset
- following the rules of the document language
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
-
-\family sans
-German
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-German
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(new
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-spelling)
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+ following the rules of the document language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
+ If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
+ manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
of the
\emph on
-EmbeddedObjects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example to show the differences:
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-] may have more information.
+) may have more information.
You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
How this can be done is explained in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
or the menu
Footnote
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
,
\bar no
\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\family default
ey are described in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
Note
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
, you'll see
\begin_layout Standard
To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
or select
\family default
is explained in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual in section
\emph on
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
or the menu
This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
them.
- Here's an example table:
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
have a fixed location.
Floats
\family default
.
- A box with a caption that has e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-#:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
the output.
After the label you can insert the caption text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Types
+Examples
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Figure-Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Platypus"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+\end_inset
+
+ was created using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Figure
\family default
- inserts a float with the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-#:
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
.
- Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
- the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
- This is what we did for Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Platypus"
-
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
.
- If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
- of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
- This was done in Figure
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ in front of or behind the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Escher"
-
+Settings
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
.
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
width 50col%
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Escher"
-
-\end_inset
-
-M.C.
- Escher on acid.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- scale 80
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
+\end_inset
+
and refer to it using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
+
.
It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
references like
Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Two distorted images.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the caption is added to the
-\family sans
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Figures
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Two distorted images.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\family default
+ or the toolbar botton
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
+\end_inset
+
.
They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
label.
\end_inset
- is an example of a table float.
+ is a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
+
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ of the the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Minipages
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Minipages"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
+ called minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+apply.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
+ to other box types.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formulas | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
+\family sans
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
+\family default
+, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
+ line, like this one:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\end_inset
+
+ in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
+, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Navigating
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
+ space character (visible space).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Algorithm Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Algorithm floats
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithm
-\family default
-.
- It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
- A possible environment for algorithms is the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
-, described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+2x
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
++1
\series default
- that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
- language.
-\end_layout
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
- You have to do this manually by adding the following line
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
-name}
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the document preamble (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-).
-
-\series bold
-your
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-name
-\series default
- is the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
-\emph on
-algorithm
-\emph default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
+\end_layout
- in your language.
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Wrap Floats
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
+Math ! Exponents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Wrap figure
-lines 0
-placement l
-overhang 0in
-width "40col%"
-status open
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- width 40col%
+Math ! Subscripts
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
-
-\end_inset
-
-This is a wrapped figure.
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
+ way is to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-This float type is used if you want to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-wrap
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
- width.
- It can be inserted using the menu
+\series default
+.
+ The final
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wrap
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Float
+Space
\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
\series bold
-wrapfig
+x^2y
\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
-\end_layout
-
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
- is installed.
-\begin_inset Foot
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
-\emph on
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Configuration
-\emph default
- manual.
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
- float box.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ hat
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the hat and the character.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
-col%.
-\begin_inset Foot
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Available units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+a
+\series default
.
-\end_layout
-
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset
- Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
-ng text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
- that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
- other text.
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
- In general:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
- place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
- page breaks will appear.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
- there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Rotated Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Fractions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Rotating
+Math ! Fractions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
- To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
- and use the option
+Create a fraction with either the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or using the icon
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/frac.png
+ scale 60
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
\family sans
-Rotate
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-sideways
+Panel
\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
- have a multicolumn document).
- You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
\family sans
-Span
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns
+Down
\family default
.
- Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
- Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
-\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
- format is also the same: Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Rotated-table"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is an example of a rotated table float.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
+Math ! Roots
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways true
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Rotated-table"
-
+Roots can be created using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Rotated table
-\end_layout
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
+ or the commands
+\series bold
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-test
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ produces always a square root.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
+Math ! Sums
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-d
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Math ! Integrals
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Placement
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Float-Placement"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Placement
-\end_layout
+name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
-The option
-\family sans
-Span
-\begin_inset space ~
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset
-columns
-\family default
- is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-The option
-\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-sideways
-\family default
- is used to rotate floats, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
+ formulas.
+ Such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
\end_inset
-.
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
+ types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and hitting
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
+
+ or using the menu
\family sans
-Use
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-default
+Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-placement
+Type
\family default
-:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certain other mathematical expressions have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
+ feature as addition, such as
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Limits
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
-\begin_layout Description
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
-\end_layout
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
-floats: try to place the float at an own page
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The order of the above option is
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
-\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
-if
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-possible
-\family default
-, then
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Functions"
-page
-\family default
-, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
- If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
- but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each option has its own rules:
+ for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Symbols
+\end_layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the top of a page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Most math symbols can be found in the
\family sans
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
+Panel
\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+ ,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-floats
+Panel
\family default
-: only if more than 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+, but can type the command directly into the formula.
+ LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
- on a page.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Spaces
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
- option
-\family sans
-Ignore
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-rules
-\family default
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
- exactly at the position where it is inserted.
- For this case you can use the option
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ LaTeX provides.
+ To do this, type
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
+ or to use the
\family sans
-Here
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-definitely
+Panel
\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/space.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\end_inset
+
.
- Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
- be printed.
- Because the float is then no longer able to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+
\end_inset
- when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
+.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and hit space again several times.
+ With every space hit the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
- surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
+Math ! Functions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Minipages"
+name "sub:Functions"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
- called minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+The
+\family sans
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Box
+Panel
\family default
-.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
-\end_layout
+ contains under the button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/functions.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
-
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
-
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
+s are placed, as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
- to other box types.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Accents
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
+Math ! Accents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-{
-\end_layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-Math
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
-
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
-
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-mode.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
\end_inset
-.
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
-\family sans
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-toolbar
-\family default
-, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Name
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in it.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-A=B
-\]
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
+\end_layout
-typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
+hat
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+grave
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
- space character (visible space).
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, type
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ddot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-spce
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+\backslash
+dot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
- way is to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series default
-.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+check
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- hat
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
-, you have to use an extra
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- to separate the hat and the character.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
-
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-spce
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-a
-\series default
-.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
-\end_inset
-
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+bar
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\end_inset
-\series default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
+vector
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction with either the command
\series bold
\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or using the icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/frac.png
- scale 60
-
-\end_inset
+vec
+\end_layout
- in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
-\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
-\family sans
-Up
-\family default
-.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
-Math
+Frame
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+decorations
\family default
- button
+ symbol set button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
+ filename ../images/math/hat.png
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
- or the commands
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
-.
- With the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- produces always a square root.
+ in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
+Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
+Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
-
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
-\end_inset
-
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
- a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For most purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+.
+ For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
+ matrix such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
- formulas.
- Such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
-, versus
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
\]
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
- types.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
-\end_inset
+The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
+ to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+\end_layout
- or using the menu
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Limits
+Keep
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Type
+matched
\family default
-.
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown below the button field.
+ If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
+ you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
+ inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+.
+ The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+\end_layout
- feature as addition, such as
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
+Math ! Arrays
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
-\]
-
-\end_inset
-
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
-\end_inset
-
- underneath the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-lim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-lim
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Functions"
-
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
+Matrices are entered in LyX using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
- ,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
+ matrix button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/matrix.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\end_inset
+
.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
-\end_layout
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
-\family sans
-Math
+\end_inset
+
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-, but can type the command directly into the formula.
- LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
- To do this, type
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or to use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Panel
+
+\family sans
+r
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/space.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and hit space again several times.
- With every space hit the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
-\end_layout
+ LyX proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
\family sans
-Space
+c
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
\family sans
-Space
+lcr
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
+\]
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cases
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Environment
+\family default
+ or the command
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Functions"
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
+.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
+\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- contains under the button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/functions.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further hit of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
+ To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
+ where you want to start the shift and hit
+\family sans
+Ctrl-Tab.
+
+\family default
+ It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
+ position to the next column.
+ Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
+ within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
-s are placed, as described in section
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
+\series default
+.
+ There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:asquared"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+
\end_inset
- even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Numbering
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
+.
+ The formula number appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+ within parentheses.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
+ denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
+ is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+Numbering
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Accent-names-and"
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Line
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
-\end_layout
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended to use the proposed
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+eq:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
+ as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
+ type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-circumflex
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
+ placeholder
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-hat
+Reference
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-
+).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-grave
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Macros
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Typefaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-acute
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
+, or enter its command, listed in table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
+, directly.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-ddot
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-tilde
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-breve
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-check
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-bar
+mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/hat.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For most purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/delim.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
- matrix such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]
-\]
-
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
- to accommodate the size of what is inside.
-\end_layout
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
-\family sans
-Keep
-\begin_inset space ~
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-matched
+put a character in
+\family sans
+Fraktur
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown below the button field.
- If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
- It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
- you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
- inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
+ in a box for
\family sans
-Insert
+Typewriter
\family default
-.
- The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- matrix button
+ button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/matrix.png
+ filename ../images/math/font.png
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Font sizes
+\end_layout
-.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
\family sans
-l
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
\family sans
-r
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+scriptscriptstyle
+\family default
+.
+ For most characters,
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
+e.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/style.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
-
+, which is normally in
\family sans
-c
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
.
- LyX proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
+ inset is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
-lcr
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\, column & this\, column\\
-column & has & has\, right\\
-has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.
-\]
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Theorem Modules
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
+ the document classes and into layout modules.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- or the math toolbar.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Layout Modules
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Environment
-\family default
- or the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}
-\]
+ As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
+ other than the AMS classes.
+ See section
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Modules"
\end_inset
+ for more on layout modules.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-LaTeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AMS math
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! AMS
+\end_layout
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further hit of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
+ (AMS) that are in common use.
+\end_layout
- To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
- where you want to start the shift and hit
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selecting the checkbox
\family sans
-Ctrl-Tab.
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family default
- It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
- position to the next column.
- Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
- within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
-\end{eqnarray*}
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+package
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
-\family default
-\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:asquared"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
- The other types are described in section
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Options
+\family default
+ will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
+ available.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
+ formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
-Numbering
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
+\end_layout
-.
- The formula number appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- within parentheses.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
+\end_layout
- denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
- is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{equation}
-1+1=2
-\end{equation}
+\begin_layout Standard
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A grey label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/labelQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+enu: Second-item
+\family default
-Numbering
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ The prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Line
+
+\family sans
+enu:
\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
-\end_inset
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended to use the proposed
+if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-eq:
+sec:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
- type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-eq:tanhExp
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
+.
+ A grey cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
- placeholder
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-#
+
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Alternatively to
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Reference
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
\family default
.
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut Ctrl+V).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
+ between them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are six varieties of cross-references:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
-\end_layout
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
-\family sans
-Math
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-, directly.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-
+ installed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
+\family sans
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
+\family default
+ in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document Class
+\family default
+.
+ The format is specified by adding the command
\series bold
\backslash
-mathrm
-\end_layout
+newrefformat
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+fig
+\family default
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+) can be done with this command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-mathbf
-\end_layout
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
-\end_inset
+For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathit
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
+ or the next page.
+ You will e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
+see the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+on this page
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+ instead.
+ The style
+\family sans
+<reference> on page <page>
+\family default
+ will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-mathtt
+\begin_layout Standard
+The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
+ is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
+e.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathbb
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Label
+\family default
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+Back
+\family default
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to take care about this.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-mathfrak
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
+ marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+Referencing Floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathcal
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-mathsf
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
\family sans
-Blackboard
+Outline
\family default
- and
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
+ sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
-Calligraphic
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outline
\family default
+ that is described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Navigating"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-N
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
-\]
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-put a character in
-\family sans
-Fraktur
-\family default
- in a box for
-\family sans
-Typewriter
+TOC
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
-\end_inset
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-So it is better not to use this feature.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+URLs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hyperlinks
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:URLs"
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+
+http://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-mode
-\family default
- of the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-).
- Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
--x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
-\end{cases}
-\]
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
-\end_layout
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyperlink
\family default
+ or with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
+\end_inset
+
.
- For most characters,
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
-textstyle
+Target
\family default
and
\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
+Name
\family default
.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
-e.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/style.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
\end_inset
-.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
-\end_inset
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
-, which is normally in
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-, larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
-.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
+, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
+ add the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
- inset is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
+run:
\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+ to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+\family sans
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Theorem Modules
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
- the document classes and into layout modules.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Layout Modules
-\end_layout
-
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
- other than the AMS classes.
- See section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Modules"
+\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- for more on layout modules.
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
+Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+Appendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Selecting the checkbox
+Appendices are created with the menu
\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-AMS
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-math
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Here
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix region.
+ The region is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
+\end_layout
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
-\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
- formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Credits"
\end_inset
+; Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
- LyX allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
+Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+name "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
+ You can include a bibliography database,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Known under the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Second item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/label-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+BibTeX-database
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- A grey label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually, using the paragraph environment
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+, which was described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-enu: Second-item
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
+ document, like author-year citations, then you must
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+use a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Within the
\family sans
-enu:
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ and we used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-sec:
-\family default
-
+latexcompanion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+, a short form of its title, as key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Citation
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
-
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
+ When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
+ the reference.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
+ entry with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
\family sans
-enu:Second-item
+Label
\family default
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively to
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
-\family sans
-Copy as Reference
-\family default
-.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
+Have a look at the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paste
+LaTeX Companion Second Edition
\family default
- (shortcut Ctrl+V).
-\end_layout
+:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Bibliography ! Databases
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! BibTeX
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
- between them.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six varieties of cross-references:
-\end_layout
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
+ cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
+ that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The database is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Equation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+\family sans
+.bib
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+ and in LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
\end_inset
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\end_layout
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use a database, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\family default
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Add bibliography to TOC
+\family default
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information how this is done, have a look at
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- installed.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
+ You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
+ either in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ or in LyX's preferences under
+\family sans
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The following variants are possible:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+biber provides full Unicode support; recommended for multilingual texts
+ and for languages that don't use Latin letters
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
+ of the variants.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
+
\family sans
-<page>
+BibTeX
\family default
- will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
- or the next page.
- You will e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX"
-see the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you select the option
\family sans
-on this page
+Sectioned bibliography
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- instead.
- The style
+ in the
\family sans
-<reference> on page <page>
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
+ dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
+ This and other options are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with BibTeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
+We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
+ the two methods of creating them.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ We used the style file
\family sans
-Format
+alphadin.bst
\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
-e.
+ to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
-\family sans
-<reference>
-\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- is always possible.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
+In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+ For this feature you need to enable the option
\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Label
+Natbib
\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+ in the
\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Back
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to take care about this.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
- marks in the output instead of the reference.
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
+ For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
+ in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
+ in the citation reference window.
+ Here an example where we set the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Chapter
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
+3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ to appear after the reference:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
+Index generation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
+name "sec:Index"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+\begin_layout Standard
+An index entry is created if you use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "index-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\family sans
+Index
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
+ The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
+ by LyX as the index entry.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
+List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
+/
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Contents
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
\family default
.
- Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
-\family sans
-Outline
-\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
- sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
+ A light blue box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Outline
+Index
\family default
- that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Navigating"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping Index Entries
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Grouping
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
+ index.
+ We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
+ lists under the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ First we create the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+reference "sub:Lists"
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
+.
+ In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+reference "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+, we insert the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Lists ! Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+and the command
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
- You can insert them via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
+for the enumerated list in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Enumerate"
+
\end_inset
-TOC
-\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+The exclamation mark
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
-\end_layout
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ marks the grouping levels.
+ You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+ An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
+ If we don't have an index entry for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Page Ranges
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
+Index ! Page ranges
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:URLs"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
+ section.
+ But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
-
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-.
+
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+and another entry at the end of section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
-
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
-\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
+
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+The commands
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Note:
+|(
\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyperlinks"
+\series bold
+|)
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ respectively start and end the index range.
+ You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
+ the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ An example is the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyperlink
-\family default
- or with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/href-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+Document ! Settings
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
-\family sans
-Target
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Name
-\family default
-.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross referencing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Cross referencing
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-, or a link to a file.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
- add the prefix
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
+ We referred for example in the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-run:
-\family default
-
+GIF
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to the link target.
-\end_layout
+ (in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
-\family sans
-\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+) to the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
-\family sans
-Color links
-\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF Properties
-\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+GIF|see{Image formats}
+\end_layout
-to the field
-\family sans
-Additional options
-\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
+ The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
+ The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Order
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
+Index ! Entry order
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start
+You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
+ then not follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
+ section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
+
\end_inset
-Here
-\family default
.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix region.
- The region is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Credits"
-
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-; Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+maître
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maïs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Dummy entries ! maître
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
+ order maïs, maison, maître.
+ To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
+\series bold
+previous entry@current entry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In our case we want to have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-BibTeX-database
+maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
+ after
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, which was described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
- If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
- document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
-
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
+\series bold
+maïs@maison
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
+\begin_layout Standard
+The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
+ another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
+ an example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
-.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
- and we used
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-latexcompanion
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
+In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
+ program
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Citation
+makeindex
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+to generate the index (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
- When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
- the reference.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+
\family sans
-Label
+makeindex
\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
+ sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Credits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
+
\end_inset
-:
-\end_layout
+ after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
+ index commands start with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
+
+\series bold
+LaTeX-packages !
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
+ To fix this
\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+makeindex
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+ bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+OrgIndex
+\backslash
+index
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+index}[1]{
+\backslash
+OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
+Index ! Entry layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! BibTeX
+Dummy entries !
+\shape italic
+This is an italic dummy entry
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
-
+ You can also format the page number using the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
- concerning them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+\series bold
+italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+to get the page number in italic.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
- cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
- that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
+\end_inset
+
+ Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
+ case
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-.bib
-\family default
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
+ means
+\series bold
+\backslash
+command{page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- and in LaTeX books (
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
-
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-.
+ to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
-\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
-\end_layout
-
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+to generate the index, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
- The option
-\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
-\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
-\family sans
-Content
-\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
+.
+ If you use
\family sans
-.bst
+xindy
\family default
+, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
+ can be used, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "p. 678 ff."
+key "latexcompanion"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ for details.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information how this is done, have a look at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
+ above.
+ Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
+ Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
+ Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
+ the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
+ If so, put the following in the preamble
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+IndexDef}[1]{
+\backslash
+textit{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+and write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
- This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
-es dialog under
-\family sans
-Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+\series bold
+my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-eX
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+in the index entry.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
+\end_layout
-{}
+\end_inset
+
+ The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
+ insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
+ change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the layout for the whole index.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-command
+we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
+ for all index entries.
+ For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
+\emph on
+Index Style File
+\emph default
+, see the
+\family sans
+makeindex
\family default
- field.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
-
+ or
\family sans
-BibTeX
+xindy
\family default
-
+ documentation for details,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
+key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
-\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with BibTeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
-\family sans
-alphadin.bst
-\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
+Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Layout
+Index ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Index-Program"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to enable the option
+If the index entry program
\family sans
-Natbib
+xindy
\family default
- in the
+ is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+makeindex
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
- dialog under
\family sans
-Bibliography
+Makeindex
+\family default
+ is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
+ that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
+ We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
+ However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
+ to use
+\family sans
+xindy
\family default
.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
- in the previous section.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
- in the citation reference window.
- Here an example where we set the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Chapter
+ Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
+ dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to appear after the reference:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
+key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
.
+ In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
+ the index.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Index
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
+ given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or the options in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
+\family default
+.
+ This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
+ to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multiple Indexes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
+ For instance, you might need to set up a separate
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Index of Names
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ next to the standard index.
+ LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
+ packages that add this feature.
+ LyX uses the
+\series bold
+splitidx
+\series default
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index generation
+LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Index"
+ package to generate multiple indexes.
+ The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
+ If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
-
+.
+ Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
+ includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
+ Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An index entry is created if you use the menu
+To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Entry
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/index-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+ and select
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Use multiple Indexes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- A box labeled
+ Note that the list of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Available Indexes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Index
-\family default
+ below already contains the standard index.
+ To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
+ also appear as a heading) to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+New
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
- The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by LyX as the index entry.
-\end_layout
+ input field and press the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+Add
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ button.
+ The new index should now appear in the list as well.
+ If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
+ by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ button.
+ The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
+ indexes in the LyX work area.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
+Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
+ list in
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-List
+TOC
\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ and the
\family sans
-Index
+Insert
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping Index Entries
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Grouping
+ menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
+ The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
+ are some additional features:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
+ on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
- index.
- We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
- lists under the entry
+\begin_layout Itemize
+By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
+ Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Lists
+Subindex
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- First we create the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
+ as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
+ to the non-subindexes.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Nomenclature / Glossary
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Itemize"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Glossary|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, we insert the command
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Lists ! Itemize
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the command
-\end_layout
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Lists ! Enumerate
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-for the enumerated list in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Enumerate"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The exclamation mark
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nomenclature"
-!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- marks the grouping levels.
- You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
- An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
- If we don't have an index entry for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
+ document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
+ glossary.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Page Ranges
+\begin_layout Standard
+To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Page ranges
+LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
- section.
- But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
- in section
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
+ and then use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+N
+\family sans
+omenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "nomencl-insert"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+.
+ A gray box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\family sans
+Nom
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- with the command
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
+ The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
+ The second is the description of the symbol.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Paragraph environments|(
+Note:
+\series default
+ You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and another entry at the end of section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Definition and Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- with the command
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The commands
+When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ field as LaTeX-formulas.
+ For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|(
-\series default
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+, insert this:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
-|)
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\series default
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- respectively start and end the index range.
- You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
- They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
- the pages of the indexed document parts.
- An example is the index entry
+ character starts/ends the formula.
+ The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
+ with a backslash
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Document ! Settings
+
+\backslash
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross referencing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ like
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Cross referencing
+\backslash
+Sigma
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
- We referred for example in the index entry
+You cannot use the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-GIF
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ in this document is:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+\series bold
+dummy entry for the character
+\backslash
+textsf{sigma}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-) to the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+The command
+\series bold
-Image formats
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\backslash
+textsf
+\series default
+ sets the fonts to
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in the same section using the entry
-\end_layout
+serif
+\family default
+.
+ To get
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ font use the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+textbf
+\series default
+, for
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ use
+\series bold
+\backslash
+texttt
+\series default
+, for
+\emph on
+emphasized
+\emph default
+ use
\series bold
-GIF|see{Image formats}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
- The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
- The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\backslash
+emph
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Order
+Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry order
+Nomenclature ! Sort order
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
- then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
+ the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
+ Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
+\emph on
+a
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "a"
+description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
- section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
+\emph default
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+prefix "sigma"
+symbol "$\\sigma$"
+description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
\end_inset
- doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
- We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
+.
+ They will be sorted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maison
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maïs
+
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and
+ – the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
+ will be sorted before the
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ since the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maître
+$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs
+ is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To control the sort order, you can edit the
+\family sans
+Sort
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+as
+\family default
+ field of the nomenclature dialog.
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
+ definition.
+ For the example given, you can insert
+\family typewriter
+sigma
+\family default
+ in this field for the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+, then
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ will be located before
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maître
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl"
+
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
- To achieve this, we use the command
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The
\series bold
-previous entry@current entry
+nomencl
+\series default
+ package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
+ Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In our case we want to have
+\begin_layout Description
+refeq Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maison
+
+\family sans
+, see equation (
+\emph on
+eq
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+eq
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+refpage Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maïs
+
+\family sans
+, page (
+\emph on
+page
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+page
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are furthermore the options
+\series bold
+croatian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+danish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+english
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+french
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+german
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+italian
+\series default
+,
\series bold
-maïs@maison
+polish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+portuguese
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+russian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+spanish
+\series default
+, and
+\series bold
+ukrainian
+\series default
+ to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
+ language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
+To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
+ class options list in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ In this document the option
+\series bold
+intoc
+\series default
+ is used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
- program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
+ entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
\family sans
-makeindex
+Description
\family default
- would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
- sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
-
- after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
- index commands start with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ field in the nomenclature dialog:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+nomrefeq Like the
\series bold
-LaTeX-packages !
+refeq
\series default
+ option
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-.
- The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
- To fix this
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
+\backslash
+nomrefpage Like the
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+nomrefeqpage Short notation of
\series bold
\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-OrgIndex
+nomrefeq
\backslash
-index
+nomrefpage
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-renewcommand*{
+nomnorefeq,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\backslash
-index}[1]{
+nomnorefpage,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\backslash
-OrgIndex{#1}}
+nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Layout
+Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry layout
+Nomenclature ! Printing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries !
-\shape italic
-This is an italic dummy entry
-\end_layout
+To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lists
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- You can also format the page number using the character
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
- We can write for example
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Nomenclature
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-italic page number:|textit
+ will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
+ Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to get the page number in italic.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
+In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-|command
-\series default
-
+Nomenclature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means
+.
+ If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
-command{page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-number}
+nomname
\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
-\end_inset
-
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+ in the preamble.
+ For example, in order to change the name to
+\emph on
+List of Symbols
+\emph default
+, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If you use
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
-, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
- This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
- they can be used, see
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "p. 678 ff."
-key "latexcompanion"
-
-\end_inset
- for details.
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
- above.
- Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
- Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
- Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
- the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
- If so, put the following in the preamble
+If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
+ by adding the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-IndexDef}[1]{
+renewcommand{
\backslash
-textit{#1}}
+nomlabelwidth}{width}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-and write
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-my entry|IndexDef
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default value is 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+cm.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the index entry.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
+Nomenclature ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
- insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
- change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the layout for the whole index.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
- for all index entries.
- For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
-\emph on
-Index Style File
-\emph default
-, see the
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
- or
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+ LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
+
\family sans
-xindy
+makeindex
\family default
- documentation for details,
+ by adding options, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
+key "nomencl,makeindex"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Program
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Program
+Branches
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Index-Program"
+name "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the index entry program
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
- is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
+ pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
+ document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
+ The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
+ To create a branch, either select the menu
\family sans
-makeindex
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert New Branch
\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+ (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
\family sans
-Makeindex
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
- that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
- So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
- We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
- However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
- to use
+ dialog to
\family sans
-xindy
+Branches
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
+, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
+ state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
+ its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
+ be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
+ (see below for an example).
+ Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
+ to the name of the other) and to add
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
- dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+unknown branches
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-
+ (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
-
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
- the index.
+branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
+, without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
- given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or the options in
+Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
+ These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch
\family default
-.
- This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
- to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+ where you can choose a branch.
+ You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
+ on them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Multiple Indexes
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
+ is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
- For instance, you might need to set up a separate
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+\end_layout
-Index of Names
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- next to the standard index.
- LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
- packages that add this feature.
- LyX uses the
-\series bold
-splitidx
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
+\begin_layout Standard
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
- package to generate multiple indexes.
- The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
- If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
-
-\end_inset
-.
- Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
- includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
- Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
+If you activate
+\family sans
+Filename Suffix
+\family default
+ in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branches
\family default
- and select
+, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
+ Consider for example a file
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Use multiple Indexes
+Exam.lyx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- Note that the list of
+ which has the above branches.
+ If
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Available Indexes
+Filename Suffix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- below already contains the standard index.
- To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
- also appear as a heading) to the
+ is active, the PDF export file would be called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-New
+Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- input field and press the
+ if both the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Add
+Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- button.
- The new index should now appear in the list as well.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
- by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- button.
- The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
- indexes in the LyX work area.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
- list in
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
+ branch were inactive,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
+Exam-Question.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-TOC
-\family default
- and the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
- The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
- are some additional features:
-\end_layout
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
- on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
-\end_layout
+Question
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
- Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
+ branch was active, likewise
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Subindex
+Exam-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
- as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
- to the non-subindexes.
-\end_layout
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Nomenclature / Glossary
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ branch was active, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature
+Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ if both branches were active.
+ This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
+ much hassle.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Glossary|see
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
+ like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
+ branch.
+ For example you can define for the question branch
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
+For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nomenclature
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-}
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nomenclature"
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
- document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
- glossary.
+and for the answer branch
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
- and then use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
-\family default
-N
-\family sans
-omenclature
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-Entry
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
- A gray box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-Nom
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
- The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
- The second is the description of the symbol.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Definition and Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
-\family sans
-Symbol
-\family default
- field as LaTeX-formulas.
- For example to get
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Now it is possible to use the commands
+\series bold
+\backslash
+question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ to obtain conditional output.
+ Here is an example formula where only the
+\series bold
+\backslash
+question
+\series default
+ part appears:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
+\]
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, insert this:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-$
-\backslash
-sigma$
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+PDF Properties
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:PDF-Properties"
-\series default
-The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- character starts/ends the formula.
- The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
- with a backslash
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF properties
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\backslash
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Document Settings
+\family default
+ dialog allows you in the
+\family sans
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+ to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
+ All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
- like
-\series bold
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-Sigma
+\begin_layout Standard
+Using
+\series bold
+hyperref
\series default
-.
+ will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
+ This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
+ table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
+ document part.
+ You can specify in the dialog tab
+\family sans
+Hyperlinks
+\family default
+ how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
+ are created.
+ The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
+ entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
+ is referenced.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+In the dialog tab
+\family sans
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
+ document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
+ You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
+ or not.
+ With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
+ be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
+ For example level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
+2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.)
+1 will only display the sections.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot use the
+The header information in the dialog tab
\family sans
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+General
+\family default
+ are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
+ Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
- dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
- For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
+ This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
+ When the option
+\family sans
+Automatic fill header
+\family default
+ is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
+ title and author settings.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Load in fullscreen mode
+\family default
+ will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+PDF properties are also used in this document.
+ When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
+
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+ options are used.
+ For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "hyperref"
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:TeX-Code"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in this document is:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+TeX Code Boxes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TeX Code
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\series bold
-dummy entry for the character
-\backslash
-textsf{sigma}
-\series default
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The command
-\series bold
-\backslash
-textsf
-\series default
- sets the fonts to
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
+ constructs, but not all.
+ LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
+ All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
+ This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
+ is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
+ But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
+ commands.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
+ TeX Code box.
+ A TeX Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
-sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif
+Code
\family default
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "ert-insert"
+\end_inset
+
.
- To get
-\series bold
-bold
-\series default
- font use the command
+ The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
+ it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
+ Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
+ using the LaTeX-command
\series bold
\backslash
-textbf
+fbox
\series default
-, for
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- use
+, you can write the command part
\series bold
\backslash
-texttt
+fbox{
\series default
-, for
-\emph on
-emphasized
-\emph default
- use
+ in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-emph
+}
\series default
-.
+ in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
+ The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
+ the following example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ERT.png
+ scale 89
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+gives
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with a
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Sort order
+
+
+\backslash
+fbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
+framed
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
- the symbol definition.
- This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
- Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
-\emph on
-a
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "a"
-description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ word.
+\end_layout
-\emph default
- and
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-prefix "sigma"
-symbol "$\\sigma$"
-description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- They will be sorted by
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-a
-\family default
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The LaTeX Syntax
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-$
-\backslash
-sigma$
-\family default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX Syntax
+\end_layout
- – the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
- will be sorted before the
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- since the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+
\end_inset
- is considered in sorting.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To control the sort order, you can edit the
-\family sans
-Sort
-\begin_inset space ~
+When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
+ about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
+ Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-as
-\family default
- field of the nomenclature dialog.
- Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
- definition.
- For the example given, you can insert
-\family typewriter
-sigma
-\family default
- in this field for the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+program
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, then
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- will be located before
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+ your text.
+ This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
+ any time if you know the right commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
+ end of the day.
+ Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
+ all caption labels bold.
+ But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
+ in your manual.
+ Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
+ day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
- documentation,
+Now LaTeX comes into play.
+ As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
+ database,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl"
+key "Catalogue"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Options
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Options
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+As result you know that the package
\series bold
-nomencl
+caption
\series default
- package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
- Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-refeq Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-, see equation (
-\emph on
-eq
-\emph default
-)
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
+ is what you need.
+ To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
-\emph on
-eq
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
+) with the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-refpage Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-, page (
-\emph on
-page
-\emph default
-)
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
- to every nomenclature entry, where
-\family sans
-\emph on
-page
-\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
+\backslash
+usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
+\begin_layout Standard
+All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
+ two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
+ Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are furthermore the options
-\series bold
-croatian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-danish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-english
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-french
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-german
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-italian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-polish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-portuguese
-\series default
-,
+In your case the package name is
\series bold
-russian
+caption
\series default
-,
+.
+ After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+
\series bold
-spanish
+labelfont=bf
\series default
-, and
+ will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
+ So you add the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\series bold
-ukrainian
-\series default
- to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
- language.
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
- class options list in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- In this document the option
+to the preamble and the problem is solved.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more commands provided by the
\series bold
-intoc
+caption
\series default
- is used.
+ package, have a look at its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "caption"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
- entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
-
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
+ like your case.
+ For example if you use a
\family sans
-Description
+KOMA-Script
\family default
- field in the nomenclature dialog:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\backslash
-nomrefeq Like the
+ class, you don't need the package
\series bold
-refeq
+caption
\series default
- option
+, you can instead write
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-nomrefpage Like the
\series bold
-refpage
-\series default
- option
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-nomrefeqpage Short notation of
+setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+\backslash
+bfseries}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+in the preamble and the problem is solved.
+ So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
+ documentation of the document class you want to use.
+ (
\series bold
\backslash
-nomrefeq
-\backslash
-nomrefpage
+setkomafont
+\series default
+ is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+ argument.
+ To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
+ the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
+ LaTeX-books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
-\backslash
-nomnorefeq,
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-nomnorefpage,
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Printing
+
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-To print the nomenclature, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Lists
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
+\end_layout
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nomenclature
-\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Nomenclature
-\family default
+\begin_layout Left Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
- command
-\series bold
-\backslash
-nomname
-\series default
- in the preamble.
- For example, in order to change the name to
-\emph on
-List of Symbols
-\emph default
-, add the following line to the preamble:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
+rightmark
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
- by adding the following line to the preamble:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+defines the header line as described below
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series bold
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomlabelwidth}{width}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Center Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- The default value is 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-cm.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Program
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Right Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Program
+
+
+\backslash
+leftmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
- LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- by adding options, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Left Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl,makeindex"
+\backslash
+thepage
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Branches
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Center Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Branches
+
+\family sans
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
\end_layout
\end_inset
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Branches"
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
- For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
- pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
- document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\begin_layout Right Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
- The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
- To create a branch, either select the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Insert New Branch
-\family default
- (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog to
-\family sans
-Branches
-\family default
-, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
- state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
- its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
- be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
- (see below for an example).
- Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
- to the name of the other) and to add
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-unknown branches
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
-, without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
- These boxes are inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch
-\family default
- where you can choose a branch.
- You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
- on them.
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
- is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Customized Page Headers and Footers
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
+
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Header/Footer line
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header/Footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you activate
+To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
+ to set the headings style to
\family sans
-Filename Suffix
+Fancy
\family default
- in
+ in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branches
+Settings
\family default
-, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
- Consider for example a file
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Exam.lyx
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- which has the above branches.
- If
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Filename Suffix
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is active, the PDF export file would be called
+Layout
+\family default
+.
+ As second step add in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Modules
+\family default
+ the module
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Exam.pdf
+Custom Header/Footerlines
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- if both the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Question
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ This module offers the 6
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+styles
+\end_layout
-Answer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- branch were inactive,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Exam-Question.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- if only the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Question
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- branch was active, likewise
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Header
+\end_layout
-Exam-Answer.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- if only the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Footer,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Answer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- branch was active, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Footer,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- if both branches were active.
- This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
- much hassle.
+Footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
+for the different positions in the header/footer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
- branch.
- For example you can define for the question branch
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
+ but you can change them anywhere you want to.
+ Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+reference "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
-
+ shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement h
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Left Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-and for the answer branch
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Center Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The normal text on the page goes here.
+ The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
+ footnotes).
+ Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
+ the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now it is possible to use the commands
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\series default
- and
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\series default
- to obtain conditional output.
- Here is an example formula where only the
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-question
-\series default
- part appears:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Left Footer
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Center Footer
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
-
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right Footer
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-PDF Properties
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:PDF-Properties"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF properties
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Caption
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Page-layout"
+\end_inset
+Page layout with custom header and footer line.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Document Settings
-\family default
- dialog allows you in the
-\family sans
-PDF Properties
-\family default
- to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
- All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
- will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
- This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
- table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
- document part.
- You can specify in the dialog tab
-\family sans
-Hyperlinks
-\family default
- how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
- are created.
- The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
- entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
- is referenced.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the dialog tab
-\family sans
-Bookmarks
-\family default
- you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
- document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
- You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
- or not.
- With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
- be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
- For example level
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+To define your header line, add all 3
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1 will only display the sections.
+header styles.
+ The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
+ the optional arguments on even pages.
+ For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
+ can be omitted.
+ If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ Defining the footer line works similar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The header information in the dialog tab
+For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
+ as TeX-code (menu
\family sans
-General
-\family default
- are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
- Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Te
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
- This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
- When the option
-\family sans
-Automatic fill header
-\family default
- is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
- title and author settings.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The option
-\family sans
-Load in fullscreen mode
-\family default
- will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-PDF properties are also used in this document.
- When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
-
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
- options are used.
- For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "hyperref"
+\end_inset
+X
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Code
+\family default
+):
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:TeX-Code"
+\begin_layout Description
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+thepage prints the current page number
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Code Boxes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Code
+\backslash
+roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+\backslash
+leftmark prints the current section number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
+ title instead.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+leftmark
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
+ because it usually goes in a left header.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
+ title instead.
+ It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
- constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
- All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
- This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
- But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
- commands.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Default header/footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
- TeX Code box.
- A TeX Code box is created by the menu
+The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
+ The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
+ footer has the page number.
+ In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
+ relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
+ So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-TeX
+Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Code
+Footer
\family default
- or by the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/ert-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+ style.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Appearance
+\end_layout
-.
- The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
- it.
+\begin_layout Standard
+The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
+ Some pages are different.
+ The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
+ a new part or chapter in your book.
+ Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
+ There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
+ the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Header and footer decoration line
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
- Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the LaTeX-command
+By default, you get a 0.4
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
+ This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox
+headrulewidth
\series default
-, you can write the command part
+ and
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox{
+footrulewidth
\series default
- in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
-\series bold
-}
-\series default
- in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
- The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
- the following example:
+ in the following scheme:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-gives
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with a
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Where thickness is a size in standard units like
+\family sans
+pt
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+mm
+\family default
+.
+ If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-fbox{
+pt.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
+ If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-framed
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+4.4 of the book
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-}
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- word.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Several header/footer lines
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
+ do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
+ text line.
+ To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
+\series bold
+\backslash
+headheight
+\series default
+ or
\series bold
-Note:
+
+\backslash
+footheight
\series default
- At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+ in this scheme in your document preamble:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+headheight}{height}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset Argument
+\begin_layout Standard
+Where height is a size in standard units.
+ If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
+ your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
+ Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX Syntax
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+TeX Log
+\family default
+ and look via the button
+\family sans
+Next
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Warning
+\family default
+ if you find a warning of the package
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Syntax
+LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
+ for your header/footer.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+This example
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_layout Standard
+This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
+ Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
+ This example consists of the following definition:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Header
+\series bold
+\backslash
+rightmark
+\series default
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
- Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-program
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+Header empty, empty optional argument
+\end_layout
- your text.
- This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
- any time if you know the right commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+Header empty,
+\series bold
-imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
- end of the day.
- Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
- all caption labels bold.
- But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
- in your manual.
- Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
- day.
+\backslash
+leftmark
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
- database,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Catalogue"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As result you know that the package
+Footer empty,
\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\backslash
+thepage
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is what you need.
- To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+Footer
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
\family default
-) with the command
-\end_layout
+\series default
+\color inherit
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-usepackage[options]{package name}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
- Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In your case the package name is
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-.
- After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Footer
\series bold
-labelfont=bf
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
\series default
- will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
- So you add the command
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
+headrulewidth set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the preamble and the problem is solved.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
+ floats.
+ For more special things like e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more commands provided by the
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
\series bold
-caption
+fancyhdr
\series default
- package, have a look at its documentation,
+ package,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "caption"
+key "fancyhdr"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
- like your case.
- For example if you use a
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script
-\family default
- class, you don't need the package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-, you can instead write
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
\backslash
-setkomafont{captionlabel}{
-\backslash
-bfseries}
+pagestyle{headings}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the preamble and the problem is solved.
- So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
- documentation of the document class you want to use.
- (
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-setkomafont
-\series default
- is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
- text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
- argument.
- To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
- the previous section.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- LaTeX-books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches back to page style with the default headings
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
) or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-toggle_findreplaceadv.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
.
\begin_layout Standard
It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
This is done by switching to the
-\change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
-
\family sans
Settings
-\change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
-Advanced
-\change_unchanged
-
\family default
tab of the dialog and unchecking the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option in the
-\change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
-
\family sans
Settings
-\change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
-Advanced
-\change_unchanged
-
\family default
tab, in order to avoid replacing all
\begin_inset Quotes eld
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Insert Regular Expression
\family default
-
-\change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
-(shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "regexp-mode"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\change_unchanged
-while the cursor is in the
+ while the cursor is in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
Ignore format
\family default
option from the
-\change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
-
\family sans
Settings
-\change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
-Advanced
-\change_unchanged
-
\family default
tab, entering a
\series bold
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
\end_inset
-, etc., where a
-\begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
-\end_inset
-
- symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
+, etc..
For example, try searching for the regexp
\begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
- Rather it uses one of the external programs
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-hspell
-\family default
-, or
-\family typewriter
-pspell
-\family default
- as backend.
- This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
- programs.
-
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- can be seen as the successor to
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-, and contrary to
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-, it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
- aspell.
-
-\family typewriter
-hspell
-\family default
- is a Hebrew spell-checker.
- The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
- under
-\family sans
-Language Settings
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
- greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- can be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+LyX has a built-in spell checker.
+ The menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
+\family default
+, the key
+\family sans
+F7
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
- A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
- allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
+ you to edit and replace it in a second line.
Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
scrolled so that it is visible.
- In the
-\family sans
-spell checker
-\family default
- dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
- could be found.
+ In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
+n, if any could be found.
Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
\family sans
-Replace
+Replacement
\family default
field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
- will bring an error message.
- In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
- specifying a different
-\family sans
-Alternative language
-\family default
- in preferences dialog.
+ You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
+ a different one at the top of the dialog.
+ LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
+ have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
+ LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Limitations
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Further Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
- rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
- of the word.
- But you can use the
+In LyX's preferences dialog under
\family sans
-Find
+Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-&
+Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ you can set the following things:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Replace
+engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
+ Depending on your platform,
+\family typewriter
+aspell
\family default
- dialog for that.
+,
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+enchant
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
+ Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
- This does work with
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ are available.
+ On Windows only
\family typewriter
-pspell
+hunspell
\family default
-, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
+ is available.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Further Settings
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Alternative
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Spellchecker
-\family default
- section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
+language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
+ for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should consider, e.
+ should escape, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
- This should not normally be needed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Personal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
- the spell checker's default choice
+German umlauts.
+ This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Use
+Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-input
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- also for the spellchecker.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
+ Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
+ By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
+ in the context menu.
+ Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
+ word.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The encodings are explained in section
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
-
+notes
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Only enable this if you use
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
- There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
- so this is disabled by default.
+comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
+ as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
already on your system.
- If not, you can get dictionaries
-\change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
-either from
+ If not, you can get dictionaries either from
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
-
http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
-\change_unchanged
-from the site
+ or from the site
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\end_inset
.
-
-\change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
- Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
- archives (
-\emph on
-*.oxt
-\emph default
-) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
- thesauri.
- These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
- unpack a zip archive.
-\change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
-
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
-
http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
\end_layout
thesauri.
These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
unpack a zip archive.
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Put the
+ Put the
\emph on
*.idx
\emph default
Thesaurus
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-License of the Thesaurus library
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\emph on
-MyThes
-\emph default
- library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
-\noun on
-Kevin B.
- Hendricks
-\noun default
- as a standalone program.
- Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
- The library was released under the
-\emph on
-Berkeley Database License
-\emph default
-, which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
- In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
- MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
-\family sans
-~src/support/mythes/license.readme
-\family default
-.
- In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
-\family sans
-MyThes-License.txt
-\family default
- that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
the cursor is in changed text.
The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-merge.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-track.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-track"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-output.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-output"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/change-next.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-next"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/change-accept.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-accept"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/change-reject.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-reject"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-merge.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "all-changes-accept"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "all-changes-reject"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-next.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-next"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Comparison of Documents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Comparison of documents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Compare
+\family default
+.
+ The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
+ the differences.
+ In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
+\family sans
+Copy
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+from
+\family default
+ from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
+ difference file.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Enable
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+tracking
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+features
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+the
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\family default
+ enables the change tracking option
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\family default
+ to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
- other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+If you have for example a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
+ can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
+ use an Italian keymap.
The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
- At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family sans
CJK
+\family default
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
-\family default
-format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
- (CJK)
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yX format of the special LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DocBook
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
+ This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
+ files paths or file names in your document.
+ LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- DVI-format
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
+ paths or file names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX) DVI-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Graphviz
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Dot text file with code in the programming language
+\family typewriter
+Dot
+\family default
+ that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
+\family typewriter
+Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(
+\family default
+LuaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(
+\family default
+XeT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(La
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
+ music notation software
+\family typewriter
+LilyPond
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
+Archive
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
+ that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
+ etc.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+z
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is replaced by the version number)
+ represent the version number)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
+\family typewriter
+ NoWeb
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
\family sans
OpenOffice
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
+\family default
+, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
+\family default
+, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Custom
+Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
+ programming language
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- custom format
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The program
+.
+ Using the
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+R
\family default
- produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
- It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
- what you want.
-
+-function
\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+Sweave
+\family default
+ it is possible to use
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
+-commands in LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
- the export program.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Print
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Find & Replace
+Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace (Advanced)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View Messages
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a window showing console messages.
+ This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
+ while LaTeX is processing the document,
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
+ format either in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the document settings (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+ The default output format is
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View (Other Formats)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Update
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
- opening a new view window.
+This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
+ the default output format as described in the previous section) without
+ opening a new viewer window.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Update (Other Formats)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
+ of your document without opening a new viewer window.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View Master Document
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
+ which is then its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+master
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (see section
+\emph on
+Child Documents
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual for more information on this topic).
+ This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
+ That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
+ book,
+\family sans
+View Master
+\family default
+ generates the output of the whole book, while
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ will just output the chapter alone.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
+ in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the document settings (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Update Master Document
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
+ which is then its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+master
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (see section
+\emph on
+Child Documents
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual for more information on this topic).
+ This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
+ its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
+ in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the document settings (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, no matter what quote type you selected in the
+Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
+
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
+\begin_inset script superscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a, b
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
+\begin_inset script subscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3x
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
for a description.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
- The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
+ The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and the BibTeX bibliography in section
+ and the BibTeX bibliography in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
on a cross-reference box.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forward Search
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
+ in the output, see section
+\emph on
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual for a detailed description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
The Document Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
- highlighted document part.
+Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
+ document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
menus.
+ Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-new.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/file-open.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-write.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/undo.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "undo"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/redo.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "redo"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/cut.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "cut"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/copy.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "copy"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/paste.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-emph.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Emphasize text, function of the Edit
+Emphasize text, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-noun.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
+Set text to noun style, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-mode.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "toolbar-toggle math"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "toolbar-toggle table"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout Enumerate"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout Itemize"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_List.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout List"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_Description.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout Description"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-increment.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/label-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/index-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/box-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "box-insert Frameless"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/url-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/ert-insert.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
\family sans
eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299491113
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299491119
-FIXME: Needs update!
-\change_unchanged
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+View
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-update"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+Update
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "master-buffer-view"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
+Master
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "master-buffer-update"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
+Update
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Master
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Synchronize with Output
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
+\family sans
+*
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+View (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
+ filename ../images/update-others.png
scale 85
groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-
+*
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
+ icon set.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Other Toolbars
\end_layout
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual, the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
The Document Settings
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
e Save as Document Defaults
\family default
button in the dialog.
- This will create a template name
-\family typewriter
-d
-\family default
-
+ This will create a template named
\family typewriter
default.lyx
\family default
and you can decide to use them or not.
If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
recommended not to touch them.
- The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
- packages.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics driver
+\family default
+ is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
When using
\family sans
Default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you want one of the following drivers
+When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\family sans
dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
2 in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
\end_inset
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ instead of
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for cross-references, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Child Documents
\end_layout
This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
Please refer to the section
\emph on
-Child Documents
+Child
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Documents
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for details.
\end_layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Fonts
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Page Layout
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Language
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Language-encodings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The known commands are defined in a text file.
+The known commands are defined in a text file (
+\emph on
+unicodesymbols
+\emph default
+).
You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
\emph on
(LuaTeX)
\family default
-; see section
+, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
+).
+ So if you are using many special or accented characters and
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+package
+\family default
+ determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
+ of strings like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Part
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The possible settings are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default is the package
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Automatic
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TODO
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+??
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Always
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Babel uses in every case
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
+ For example, if you want to use XeTeX and therefore want to the package
+
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ instead of
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+, type in
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{polyglossia}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+None will not use a language package.
+ This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
current document.
See
\end_inset
for more information on the language package.
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
-, you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
+.
+ You can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
\end_inset
- and
+,
\series bold
esint
\series default
\end_inset
- or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+, mathdots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+ und
\series bold
-amsmath
+mhchem
\series default
- is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
- is used for special integral characters.
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled
+\family sans
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+math
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+esint is used for special integral characters, see section
+\emph on
+Big
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Operators
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
+\emph on
+Ellipses
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
+\emph on
+Chemical Symbols and Equations
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in section
+The float placement options are described in section
+\emph on
+Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Placement
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Listings
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
.
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
Output
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File Formats; see
+File Formats
\family default
+, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand formatted
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
Synchronize
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
-TODO!
-\change_unchanged
-
-\end_layout
-
+Output settings for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
-TODO!
-\change_unchanged
-
-\end_layout
+Options settings for the export format
+\family sans
+LyXHTML
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Strict XHTML
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+1.1
+\family default
+ will assure that the output follows exactly version
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+1.1 of the XHTML standard.
+ The different
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\change_unchanged
+output
+\family default
+ settings are described in detail in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\family default
setting.
You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
- current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
+ current LyX session by pressing
+\family sans
+Ctrl
+\family default
+ and scrolling the mouse wheel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
scrolling.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
+\family sans
+Cursor width
+\family default
+ setting.
+ If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
+ to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
The option
\family sans
\end_inset
+\series bold
+Example
+\series default
+: You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
+ You can edit this file with the program
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+.
+ In
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
+\family sans
+External
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and click on the LyX-symbol.
+ The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
+ in your LyX file.
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Subsection
Language
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
-
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Prefs-Language"
\end_inset
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
-is a
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
-determines
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
- LaTeX-command to load a
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
-which
-\change_unchanged
- LaTeX
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
-
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
--
-\change_unchanged
-package
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
-that
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
-should be loaded to
-\change_unchanged
- handle
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
-s
-\change_unchanged
- language issues
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
-.
+package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
+ issues.
Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\change_unchanged
.
- The
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
-default is the LaTeX-command
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{babel}
-\family default
- that loads the
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
-most widespread language
-\change_unchanged
- package
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
- is
-\change_unchanged
-
+ The most widespread language package is
\series bold
babel
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
-
\series default
-, it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
- However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
- with an alternative language package (
-\series bold
-polyglossia
-\series default
-) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
- Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
- covered by babel.
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\change_unchanged
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
-The available selections are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
-
-\series bold
-Automatic
-\series default
-:
-\series bold
-
-\series default
-Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
- engine (default)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
-
+, it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
+ However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
+ with the alternative language package
\series bold
-Always babel:
+polyglossia
\series default
-Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
- been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
- babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
-\series bold
-Custom:
-\series default
-Lets you load some other language package (via
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-usepackage
-\series bold
-{
-\series default
-packagename}
-\family default
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\end_inset
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
+ that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
+ Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
+ covered by babel.
+ The available selections are described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-None:
-\series default
-Loads no language package at all
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
- automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
- to the document language.
- A text label is, for instance, the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Language-encodings"
-Table
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- at the beginning of every table caption.
-\change_unchanged
-
+.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-babel Whether
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
- is used or not.
-\change_unchanged
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
Set
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
-G
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
-g
-\change_unchanged
-lobal
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
-ly
-\change_unchanged
- When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
- as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
- LaTeX-packages.
+globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
+ be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
+ used by all LaTeX-packages.
Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
\series bold
babel
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Adapt
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-output
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-printer This option works only for the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
Printer
\begin_inset space ~
you are using.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Adapt
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+printer This option works only for the
+\family sans
+Printer command
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+dvips
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It activates a configuration file for dvips.
+ This is an option only for dvips experts.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Date Format
\begin_inset Index idx
Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
formats.
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
Furthermore, you can define the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "tipa"
+key "prettyref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-tipa
+prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "wrapfig"
+key "refstyle"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-wrapfig
+refstyle
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "tipa"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+tipa
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff